1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = 41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I); 42 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 43 } 44 } 45 46 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 47 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 48 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 49 } 50 51 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 52 53 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 54 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 55 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 56 if (!RD) 57 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 58 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 59 } 60 61 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 62 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 63 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 64 if (!RT) 65 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 66 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 67 } 68 69 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema 70 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type". 71 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) { 72 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) { 73 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 74 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 75 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union"); 76 return UD->field_begin()->getType(); 77 } 78 } 79 return Ty; 80 } 81 82 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 83 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 84 } 85 86 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 87 return CGT.getContext(); 88 } 89 90 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 91 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 92 } 93 94 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 95 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 96 } 97 98 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 99 return CGT.getTarget(); 100 } 101 102 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 107 uint64_t Members) const { 108 return false; 109 } 110 111 bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const { 112 return false; 113 } 114 115 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 116 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 117 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 118 switch (TheKind) { 119 case Direct: 120 OS << "Direct Type="; 121 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 122 Ty->print(OS); 123 else 124 OS << "null"; 125 break; 126 case Extend: 127 OS << "Extend"; 128 break; 129 case Ignore: 130 OS << "Ignore"; 131 break; 132 case InAlloca: 133 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 134 break; 135 case Indirect: 136 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 137 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 138 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 139 break; 140 case Expand: 141 OS << "Expand"; 142 break; 143 } 144 OS << ")\n"; 145 } 146 147 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 148 149 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 150 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 151 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 152 // Verified for: 153 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 154 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 155 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 156 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 157 // AArch64 Linux 158 return 32; 159 } 160 161 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 162 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 163 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 164 // x86_stdcall 165 // MIPS 166 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 167 return false; 168 } 169 170 void 171 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 172 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 173 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 174 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 175 // dynamic. 176 Opt = "-l"; 177 Opt += Lib; 178 } 179 180 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 181 182 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 183 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 184 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 185 bool AllowArrays) { 186 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 187 return true; 188 189 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 190 191 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 192 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 193 if (AllowArrays) 194 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 195 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 196 return true; 197 FT = AT->getElementType(); 198 } 199 200 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 201 if (!RT) 202 return false; 203 204 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 205 // 206 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 207 // current ABI. 208 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 209 return false; 210 211 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 212 } 213 214 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 215 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 216 /// considered empty. 217 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 219 if (!RT) 220 return 0; 221 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 222 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 223 return false; 224 225 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 226 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 227 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 228 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 229 return false; 230 231 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 232 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 233 return false; 234 return true; 235 } 236 237 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 238 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 239 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 240 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 241 /// considered single element structs. 242 /// 243 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 244 /// it exists. 245 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 246 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 247 if (!RT) 248 return nullptr; 249 250 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 251 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 252 return nullptr; 253 254 const Type *Found = nullptr; 255 256 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 257 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 258 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 259 // Ignore empty records. 260 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 261 continue; 262 263 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 264 if (Found) 265 return nullptr; 266 267 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 268 // cannot be a single element struct. 269 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 270 if (!Found) 271 return nullptr; 272 } 273 } 274 275 // Check for single element. 276 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 277 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 278 279 // Ignore empty fields. 280 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 281 continue; 282 283 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 284 // struct. 285 if (Found) 286 return nullptr; 287 288 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 289 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 290 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 291 break; 292 FT = AT->getElementType(); 293 } 294 295 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 296 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 297 } else { 298 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 299 if (!Found) 300 return nullptr; 301 } 302 } 303 304 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 305 // padding beyond the element type. 306 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 307 return nullptr; 308 309 return Found; 310 } 311 312 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 313 // Treat complex types as the element type. 314 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 315 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 316 317 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 318 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 319 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 320 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 321 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 322 return false; 323 324 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 325 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 326 } 327 328 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 329 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 330 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 331 /// inhibiting optimizations. 332 /// 333 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 334 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 335 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 336 // capable of handling it. 337 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 338 // We can only expand structure types. 339 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 340 if (!RT) 341 return false; 342 343 // We can only expand (C) structures. 344 // 345 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 346 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 347 if (!RD->isStruct()) 348 return false; 349 350 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl. 351 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 352 if (!CXXRD->isCLike()) 353 return false; 354 } 355 356 uint64_t Size = 0; 357 358 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 359 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 360 return false; 361 362 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 363 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 364 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 365 if (FD->isBitField()) 366 return false; 367 368 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 369 } 370 371 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 372 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 373 return false; 374 375 return true; 376 } 377 378 namespace { 379 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 380 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 381 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 382 /// conform to any particular ABI. 383 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 384 public: 385 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 386 387 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 388 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 389 390 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 391 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 392 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 393 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 394 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 395 } 396 397 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 398 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 399 }; 400 401 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 402 public: 403 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 404 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 405 }; 406 407 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 408 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 409 return nullptr; 410 } 411 412 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 413 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 414 415 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 416 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be 417 // passed by value. 418 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 419 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 420 421 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 422 } 423 424 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 425 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 426 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 427 428 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 429 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 430 } 431 432 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 433 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 434 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 435 436 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 437 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 438 439 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 440 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 441 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 442 443 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 444 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 445 } 446 447 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 448 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 449 // 450 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 451 // are always passed on the stack. 452 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 453 454 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 455 public: 456 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 457 458 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 459 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 460 461 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 462 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 463 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 464 }; 465 466 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 467 public: 468 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 469 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 470 }; 471 472 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 473 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 474 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 475 476 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 477 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 478 } 479 480 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 481 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 482 return nullptr; 483 } 484 485 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 486 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 487 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 488 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 489 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 491 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 493 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 494 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 495 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 496 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 497 } 498 499 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 500 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 501 } 502 503 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 504 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 505 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 506 507 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 508 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 509 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 510 511 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 512 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 513 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 514 515 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 516 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 517 } 518 519 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 520 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 521 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 522 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 523 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 524 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 525 } 526 527 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 528 StringRef Constraint, 529 llvm::Type* Ty) { 530 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 531 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 532 // Invalid MMX constraint 533 return nullptr; 534 } 535 536 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 537 } 538 539 // No operation needed 540 return Ty; 541 } 542 543 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the 544 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 545 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 546 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 547 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half) 548 return true; 549 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 550 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX 551 // registers specially. 552 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 553 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512) 554 return true; 555 } 556 return false; 557 } 558 559 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers 560 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 561 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) { 562 return NumMembers <= 4; 563 } 564 565 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 566 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 567 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 568 569 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 570 struct CCState { 571 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {} 572 573 unsigned CC; 574 unsigned FreeRegs; 575 unsigned FreeSSERegs; 576 }; 577 578 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 579 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 580 enum Class { 581 Integer, 582 Float 583 }; 584 585 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 586 587 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 588 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 589 bool IsWin32StructABI; 590 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 591 592 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 593 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 594 } 595 596 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 597 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 598 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 599 } 600 601 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 602 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 603 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 604 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 605 } 606 607 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 608 609 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 610 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 611 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 612 613 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 614 615 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 616 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 617 618 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 619 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 620 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 621 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 622 623 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 624 /// inalloca. 625 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 626 627 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 628 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 629 QualType Type) const; 630 631 public: 632 633 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 634 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 635 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 636 637 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 638 unsigned r) 639 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 640 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 641 }; 642 643 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 644 public: 645 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 646 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 647 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 648 649 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 650 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 651 652 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 653 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 654 655 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 656 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 657 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 658 return 4; 659 } 660 661 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 662 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 663 664 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 665 StringRef Constraint, 666 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 667 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 668 } 669 670 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 671 std::string &Constraints, 672 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 673 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 674 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 675 std::string &AsmString, 676 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 677 678 llvm::Constant * 679 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 680 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 681 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 682 ('F' << 16) | 683 ('T' << 24); 684 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 685 } 686 }; 687 688 } 689 690 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 691 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 692 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 693 /// mov $0, $1 694 /// mov eax, $1 695 /// The result will be: 696 /// mov $0, $2 697 /// mov eax, $2 698 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 699 unsigned NumNewOuts, 700 std::string &AsmString) { 701 std::string Buf; 702 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 703 size_t Pos = 0; 704 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 705 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 706 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 707 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 708 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 709 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 710 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 711 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 712 Pos = DollarEnd; 713 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 714 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 715 // We have an operand reference. 716 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 717 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 718 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 719 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 720 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 721 unsigned OperandIndex; 722 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 723 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 724 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 725 OS << OperandIndex; 726 } else { 727 OS << OperandStr; 728 } 729 Pos = DigitEnd; 730 } 731 } 732 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 733 } 734 735 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 736 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 737 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 738 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 739 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 740 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 741 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 742 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 743 744 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 745 // larger. 746 if (!Constraints.empty()) 747 Constraints += ','; 748 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 749 Constraints += "={eax}"; 750 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 751 } else { 752 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 753 Constraints += "=A"; 754 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 755 } 756 757 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 758 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 759 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 760 761 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 762 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 763 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 764 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 765 766 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 767 } 768 769 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 770 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 771 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 772 ASTContext &Context) const { 773 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 774 775 // Type must be register sized. 776 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 777 return false; 778 779 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 780 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 781 // registers. 782 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 783 return false; 784 785 return true; 786 } 787 788 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 789 // member function pointer it is ok. 790 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 791 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 792 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 793 return true; 794 795 // Arrays are treated like records. 796 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 797 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 798 799 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 800 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 801 if (!RT) return false; 802 803 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 804 805 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 806 // passed in a register. 807 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 808 // Empty fields are ignored. 809 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 810 continue; 811 812 // Check fields recursively. 813 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 814 return false; 815 } 816 return true; 817 } 818 819 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 820 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 821 // integer register. 822 if (State.FreeRegs) { 823 --State.FreeRegs; 824 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 825 } 826 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 827 } 828 829 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 830 CCState &State) const { 831 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 832 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 833 834 const Type *Base = nullptr; 835 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 836 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 837 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) { 838 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly. 839 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 840 } 841 842 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 843 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 844 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 845 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 846 847 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 848 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 849 // backend will like. 850 if (Size == 128) 851 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 852 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 853 854 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 855 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 856 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 857 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 858 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 859 Size)); 860 861 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 862 } 863 864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 865 } 866 867 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 868 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 869 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 870 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 871 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 872 } 873 874 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 875 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 876 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 877 878 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 879 // in a register. 880 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 881 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 882 883 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 884 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 885 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 886 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 887 // quality of the generated IR. 888 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 889 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 890 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 891 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 892 893 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 894 // padding. 895 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 896 } 897 898 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 899 } 900 901 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 902 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 903 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 904 905 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 906 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 907 } 908 909 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 910 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 911 } 912 913 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 914 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 915 if (!RT) 916 return 0; 917 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 918 919 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 920 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 921 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 922 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 923 return false; 924 925 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 926 QualType FT = i->getType(); 927 928 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 929 return true; 930 931 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 932 return true; 933 } 934 935 return false; 936 } 937 938 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 939 unsigned Align) const { 940 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 941 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 942 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 943 return 0; // Use default alignment. 944 945 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 946 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 947 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 948 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 949 } 950 951 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 952 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 953 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 954 return 16; 955 956 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 957 } 958 959 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 960 CCState &State) const { 961 if (!ByVal) { 962 if (State.FreeRegs) { 963 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 964 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 965 } 966 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 967 } 968 969 // Compute the byval alignment. 970 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 971 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 972 if (StackAlign == 0) 973 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 974 975 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 976 // argument. 977 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 978 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 979 } 980 981 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 982 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 983 if (!T) 984 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 985 986 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 987 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 988 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 989 return Float; 990 } 991 return Integer; 992 } 993 994 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 995 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 996 NeedsPadding = false; 997 Class C = classify(Ty); 998 if (C == Float) 999 return false; 1000 1001 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1002 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 1003 1004 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 1005 return false; 1006 1007 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 1008 State.FreeRegs = 0; 1009 return false; 1010 } 1011 1012 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 1013 1014 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1015 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1016 if (Size > 32) 1017 return false; 1018 1019 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 1020 return true; 1021 1022 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 1023 return true; 1024 1025 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 1026 return true; 1027 1028 if (State.FreeRegs) 1029 NeedsPadding = true; 1030 1031 return false; 1032 } 1033 1034 return true; 1035 } 1036 1037 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1038 CCState &State) const { 1039 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 1040 1041 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 1042 1043 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 1044 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 1045 if (RT) { 1046 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 1047 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 1048 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 1049 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 1050 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 1051 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 1052 } 1053 } 1054 1055 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar 1056 // to other targets. 1057 const Type *Base = nullptr; 1058 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 1059 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 1060 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 1061 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 1062 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 1063 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 1064 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1065 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 1066 } 1067 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State); 1068 } 1069 1070 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1071 if (RT) { 1072 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 1073 if (IsWin32StructABI) 1074 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1075 1076 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 1077 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1078 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1079 } 1080 1081 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 1082 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 1083 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 1084 1085 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 1086 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 1087 bool NeedsPadding; 1088 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 1089 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 1090 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 1091 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 1092 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 1093 } 1094 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 1095 1096 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 1097 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 1098 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 1099 // optimizations. 1100 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 1101 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 1102 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1103 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1104 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall, 1105 PaddingType); 1106 1107 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1108 } 1109 1110 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1111 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1112 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1113 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1114 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1115 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1116 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1117 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1118 Size)); 1119 } 1120 1121 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1123 1124 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1125 } 1126 1127 1128 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1129 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1130 1131 bool NeedsPadding; 1132 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1133 1134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1135 if (InReg) 1136 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1137 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1138 } 1139 if (InReg) 1140 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1141 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1142 } 1143 1144 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1145 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1146 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1147 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1148 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1149 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1150 State.FreeSSERegs = 6; 1151 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1152 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1153 else 1154 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1155 1156 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1157 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1158 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1159 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1160 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1161 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1162 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1163 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1164 } 1165 } 1166 1167 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. 1168 if (FI.isChainCall()) 1169 ++State.FreeRegs; 1170 1171 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1172 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1173 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1174 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1175 } 1176 1177 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1178 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1179 if (UsedInAlloca) 1180 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1181 } 1182 1183 void 1184 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1185 unsigned &StackOffset, 1186 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1187 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1188 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1189 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1190 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1191 1192 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1193 // byte aligned. 1194 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1195 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1196 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1197 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1198 assert(NumBytes); 1199 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1200 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1201 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1202 } 1203 } 1204 1205 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1206 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1207 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1208 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1209 return true; 1210 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1211 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1212 return true; 1213 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1214 return false; 1215 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1216 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1217 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1218 if (Info.getInReg()) 1219 return false; 1220 return true; 1221 } 1222 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1223 } 1224 1225 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1226 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1227 1228 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1229 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1230 1231 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1232 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1233 1234 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1235 bool IsThisCall = 1236 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1237 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1238 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1239 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1240 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1241 ++I; 1242 } 1243 1244 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1245 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1246 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1247 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1248 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1249 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1250 } 1251 1252 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1253 if (IsThisCall) 1254 ++I; 1255 1256 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1257 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1258 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1259 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1260 } 1261 1262 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1263 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1264 } 1265 1266 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1267 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1268 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1269 1270 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1271 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1272 "ap"); 1273 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1274 1275 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1276 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1277 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1278 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1279 if (Align > 4) { 1280 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1281 llvm::Value *Offset = 1282 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1283 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1284 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1285 CGF.Int32Ty); 1286 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1287 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1288 Addr->getType(), 1289 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1290 } 1291 1292 llvm::Type *PTy = 1293 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1294 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1295 1296 uint64_t Offset = 1297 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1298 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1299 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1300 "ap.next"); 1301 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1302 1303 return AddrTyped; 1304 } 1305 1306 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1307 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1308 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1309 1310 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1311 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1312 break; 1313 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1314 return false; 1315 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1316 return true; 1317 } 1318 1319 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1320 return true; 1321 1322 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1323 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1324 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1325 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1326 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1327 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1328 return true; 1329 default: 1330 return false; 1331 } 1332 } 1333 1334 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1335 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1336 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1337 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1338 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1339 // Get the LLVM function. 1340 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1341 1342 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1343 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1344 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1345 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1346 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1347 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1348 B)); 1349 } 1350 } 1351 } 1352 1353 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1354 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1355 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1356 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1357 1358 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1359 1360 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1361 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1362 // 8 is %eip. 1363 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1364 1365 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1366 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1367 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1368 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1369 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1370 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1371 1372 } else { 1373 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1374 // reason. 1375 Builder.CreateStore( 1376 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9)); 1377 1378 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1379 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1380 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1381 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1382 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1383 } 1384 1385 return false; 1386 } 1387 1388 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1389 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1390 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1391 1392 1393 namespace { 1394 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1395 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1396 enum Class { 1397 Integer = 0, 1398 SSE, 1399 SSEUp, 1400 X87, 1401 X87Up, 1402 ComplexX87, 1403 NoClass, 1404 Memory 1405 }; 1406 1407 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1408 /// 1409 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1410 /// classification \arg Field. 1411 /// 1412 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1413 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1414 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1415 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1416 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1417 1418 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1419 /// 1420 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1421 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1422 /// 1423 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1424 /// the classification process. 1425 /// 1426 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1427 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1428 /// 1429 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1430 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1431 /// 1432 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1433 1434 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1435 /// given type T should be passed. 1436 /// 1437 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1438 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1439 /// 1440 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1441 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1442 /// 1443 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1444 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1445 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1446 /// 1447 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1448 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1449 /// 1450 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1451 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1452 /// will be Memory. 1453 /// 1454 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1455 /// 1456 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1457 /// also be ComplexX87. 1458 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1459 bool isNamedArg) const; 1460 1461 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1462 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1463 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1464 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1465 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1466 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1467 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1468 1469 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1470 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1471 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1472 1473 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1474 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1475 /// 1476 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1477 /// available. 1478 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1479 1480 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1481 1482 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1483 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1484 unsigned &neededInt, 1485 unsigned &neededSSE, 1486 bool isNamedArg) const; 1487 1488 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1489 1490 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1491 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1492 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1493 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1494 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1495 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1496 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1497 } 1498 1499 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1500 // 64-bit hardware. 1501 bool Has64BitPointers; 1502 1503 public: 1504 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : 1505 ABIInfo(CGT), 1506 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1507 } 1508 1509 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1510 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1511 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1512 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1513 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1514 if (info.isDirect()) { 1515 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1516 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1517 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1518 } 1519 return false; 1520 } 1521 1522 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1523 1524 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1525 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1526 1527 bool has64BitPointers() const { 1528 return Has64BitPointers; 1529 } 1530 1531 bool hasAVX() const { 1532 return getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 1533 } 1534 }; 1535 1536 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1537 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1538 1539 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 1540 bool IsReturnType) const; 1541 1542 public: 1543 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1544 1545 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1546 1547 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1548 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1549 1550 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 1551 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1552 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 1553 } 1554 1555 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 1556 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 1557 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1558 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 1559 } 1560 }; 1561 1562 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1563 public: 1564 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1565 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 1566 1567 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1568 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1569 } 1570 1571 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1572 return 7; 1573 } 1574 1575 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1576 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1577 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1578 1579 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1580 // 16 is %rip. 1581 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1582 return false; 1583 } 1584 1585 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1586 StringRef Constraint, 1587 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1588 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1589 } 1590 1591 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1592 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1593 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1594 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1595 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1596 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1597 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1598 // defines varargs anyway. 1599 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1600 bool HasAVXType = false; 1601 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1602 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1603 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1604 HasAVXType = true; 1605 break; 1606 } 1607 } 1608 1609 if (!HasAVXType) 1610 return true; 1611 } 1612 1613 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1614 } 1615 1616 llvm::Constant * 1617 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1618 unsigned Sig; 1619 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers()) 1620 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1621 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1622 ('F' << 16) | 1623 ('T' << 24); 1624 else 1625 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1626 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 1627 ('F' << 16) | 1628 ('T' << 24); 1629 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1630 } 1631 1632 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1633 return getABIInfo().hasAVX() ? 32 : 16; 1634 } 1635 }; 1636 1637 class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo { 1638 public: 1639 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1640 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 1641 1642 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1643 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1644 Opt = "\01"; 1645 Opt += Lib; 1646 } 1647 }; 1648 1649 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1650 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. 1651 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes. 1652 // This matches the behavior of MSVC. 1653 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos); 1654 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : ""; 1655 ArgStr += Lib; 1656 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1657 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1658 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : ""; 1659 return ArgStr; 1660 } 1661 1662 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1663 public: 1664 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1665 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1666 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1667 1668 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1669 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 1670 1671 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1672 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1673 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1674 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1675 } 1676 1677 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1678 llvm::StringRef Value, 1679 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1680 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1681 } 1682 }; 1683 1684 static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, 1685 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1686 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) { 1687 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1688 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) { 1689 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1690 1691 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", 1692 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize)); 1693 } 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1698 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1699 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1700 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 1701 1702 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 1703 } 1704 1705 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1706 bool hasAVX() const { return getABIInfo().getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; } 1707 1708 public: 1709 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1710 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 1711 1712 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1713 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 1714 1715 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1716 return 7; 1717 } 1718 1719 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1720 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1721 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1722 1723 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1724 // 16 is %rip. 1725 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1726 return false; 1727 } 1728 1729 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1730 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1731 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1732 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1733 } 1734 1735 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1736 llvm::StringRef Value, 1737 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1738 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1739 } 1740 1741 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1742 return hasAVX() ? 32 : 16; 1743 } 1744 }; 1745 1746 void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1747 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1748 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1749 TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 1750 1751 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 1752 } 1753 } 1754 1755 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1756 Class &Hi) const { 1757 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1758 // 1759 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1760 // memory. 1761 // 1762 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1763 // memory. 1764 // 1765 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1766 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1767 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1768 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1769 // 1770 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1771 // 1772 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1773 // only with unions; for example: 1774 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1775 // 1776 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1777 // 1778 if (Hi == Memory) 1779 Lo = Memory; 1780 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1781 Lo = Memory; 1782 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1783 Lo = Memory; 1784 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1785 Hi = SSE; 1786 } 1787 1788 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1789 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1790 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1791 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1792 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1793 // 1794 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1795 // 1796 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1797 // the other class. 1798 // 1799 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1800 // class. 1801 // 1802 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1803 // INTEGER. 1804 // 1805 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1806 // MEMORY is used as class. 1807 // 1808 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1809 1810 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1811 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1812 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1813 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1814 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1815 return Accum; 1816 if (Field == Memory) 1817 return Memory; 1818 if (Accum == NoClass) 1819 return Field; 1820 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1821 return Integer; 1822 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1823 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1824 return Memory; 1825 return SSE; 1826 } 1827 1828 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1829 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1830 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1831 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1832 // situations. 1833 1834 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1835 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1836 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1837 1838 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1839 1840 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1841 Current = Memory; 1842 1843 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1844 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1845 1846 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1847 Current = NoClass; 1848 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1849 Lo = Integer; 1850 Hi = Integer; 1851 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1852 Current = Integer; 1853 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1854 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1855 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1856 Current = SSE; 1857 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1858 Lo = X87; 1859 Hi = X87Up; 1860 } 1861 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1862 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1863 return; 1864 } 1865 1866 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1867 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1868 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1869 return; 1870 } 1871 1872 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1873 Current = Integer; 1874 return; 1875 } 1876 1877 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1878 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 1879 if (Has64BitPointers) { 1880 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both 1881 // Lo and Hi now. 1882 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1883 } else { 1884 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that 1885 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well. 1886 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1887 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64; 1888 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) { 1889 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1890 } else { 1891 Current = Integer; 1892 } 1893 } 1894 } else { 1895 Current = Integer; 1896 } 1897 return; 1898 } 1899 1900 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1901 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1902 if (Size == 32) { 1903 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1904 // float> as integer. 1905 Current = Integer; 1906 1907 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1908 // split. 1909 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1910 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1911 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1912 Hi = Lo; 1913 } else if (Size == 64) { 1914 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1915 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1916 return; 1917 1918 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1919 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1920 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1921 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1922 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1923 Current = Integer; 1924 else 1925 Current = SSE; 1926 1927 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1928 // split. 1929 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1930 Hi = Lo; 1931 } else if (Size == 128 || (hasAVX() && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1932 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1933 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1934 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1935 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1936 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1937 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1938 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1939 // 1940 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1941 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1942 // variadic function. 1943 Lo = SSE; 1944 Hi = SSEUp; 1945 } 1946 return; 1947 } 1948 1949 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1950 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1951 1952 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1953 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1954 if (Size <= 64) 1955 Current = Integer; 1956 else if (Size <= 128) 1957 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1958 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1959 Current = SSE; 1960 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1961 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1962 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1963 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1964 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1965 Current = ComplexX87; 1966 1967 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1968 // should be split. 1969 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1970 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1971 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1972 Hi = Lo; 1973 1974 return; 1975 } 1976 1977 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1978 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1979 1980 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1981 1982 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1983 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1984 if (Size > 256) 1985 return; 1986 1987 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1988 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1989 // 1990 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1991 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1992 return; 1993 1994 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1995 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1996 Current = NoClass; 1997 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1998 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1999 2000 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 2001 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 2002 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 2003 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 2004 return; 2005 2006 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 2007 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2008 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2009 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2010 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2011 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2012 break; 2013 } 2014 2015 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2016 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 2017 return; 2018 } 2019 2020 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2021 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2022 2023 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 2024 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 2025 if (Size > 256) 2026 return; 2027 2028 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 2029 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 2030 // reference. 2031 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2032 return; 2033 2034 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2035 2036 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 2037 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2038 return; 2039 2040 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2041 2042 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 2043 Current = NoClass; 2044 2045 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 2046 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2047 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2048 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2049 "Unexpected base class!"); 2050 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2051 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2052 2053 // Classify this field. 2054 // 2055 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 2056 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 2057 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 2058 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2059 uint64_t Offset = 2060 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2061 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2062 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2063 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2064 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2065 break; 2066 } 2067 } 2068 2069 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 2070 unsigned idx = 0; 2071 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2072 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2073 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2074 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 2075 2076 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 2077 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 2078 // 2079 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 2080 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 2081 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 2082 // 2083 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 2084 Lo = Memory; 2085 return; 2086 } 2087 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 2088 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 2089 Lo = Memory; 2090 return; 2091 } 2092 2093 // Classify this field. 2094 // 2095 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 2096 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 2097 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 2098 // NO_CLASS. 2099 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2100 2101 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 2102 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 2103 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 2104 if (BitField) { 2105 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 2106 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 2107 continue; 2108 2109 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2110 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 2111 2112 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 2113 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 2114 2115 if (EB_Lo) { 2116 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 2117 FieldLo = NoClass; 2118 FieldHi = Integer; 2119 } else { 2120 FieldLo = Integer; 2121 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 2122 } 2123 } else 2124 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2125 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2126 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2127 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2128 break; 2129 } 2130 2131 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2132 } 2133 } 2134 2135 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 2136 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2137 // place naturally. 2138 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 2139 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2140 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2141 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2142 2143 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2144 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2145 } 2146 2147 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 2148 } 2149 2150 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2151 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 2152 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 2153 unsigned LargestVector = hasAVX() ? 256 : 128; 2154 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 2155 return true; 2156 } 2157 2158 return false; 2159 } 2160 2161 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 2162 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 2163 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2164 // place naturally. 2165 // 2166 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 2167 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 2168 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 2169 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 2170 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 2171 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 2172 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2173 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2174 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2175 2176 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2177 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2178 } 2179 2180 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 2181 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2182 2183 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 2184 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 2185 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 2186 2187 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 2188 // is important for good codegen. 2189 // 2190 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 2191 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 2192 // 2193 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 2194 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 2195 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 2196 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 2197 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 2198 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 2199 // might be inreg. 2200 // 2201 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 2202 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 2203 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2204 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2205 // 2206 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2207 // attributes. See PR12193. 2208 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2209 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2210 2211 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2212 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2213 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2214 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2215 Size)); 2216 } 2217 2218 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2219 } 2220 2221 /// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM 2222 /// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register. 2223 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2224 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like 2225 // vectors; strip them off if present. 2226 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext())) 2227 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0); 2228 2229 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2230 assert(isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) && 2231 "Trying to return a non-vector type in a vector register!"); 2232 return IRType; 2233 } 2234 2235 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2236 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2237 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2238 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2239 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2240 /// 2241 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2242 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2243 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2244 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2245 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2246 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2247 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2248 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2249 return true; 2250 2251 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2252 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2253 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2254 2255 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2256 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2257 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2258 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2259 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2260 2261 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2262 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2263 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2264 return false; 2265 } 2266 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2267 return true; 2268 } 2269 2270 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2271 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2272 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2273 2274 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2275 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2276 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2277 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2278 "Unexpected base class!"); 2279 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2280 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2281 2282 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2283 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2284 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2285 2286 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2287 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2288 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2289 return false; 2290 } 2291 } 2292 2293 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2294 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2295 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2296 // much. 2297 unsigned idx = 0; 2298 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2299 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2300 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2301 2302 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2303 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2304 2305 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2306 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2307 Context)) 2308 return false; 2309 } 2310 2311 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2312 // clean. 2313 return true; 2314 } 2315 2316 return false; 2317 } 2318 2319 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2320 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2321 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2322 /// false. 2323 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2324 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2325 // Base case if we find a float. 2326 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2327 return true; 2328 2329 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2330 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2331 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2332 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2333 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2334 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2335 } 2336 2337 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2338 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2339 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2340 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2341 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2342 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2343 } 2344 2345 return false; 2346 } 2347 2348 2349 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2350 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2351 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2352 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2353 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2354 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2355 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2356 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2357 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2358 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2359 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2360 2361 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2362 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2363 // case. 2364 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2365 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2366 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2367 2368 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2369 } 2370 2371 2372 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2373 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2374 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2375 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2376 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2377 /// etc). 2378 /// 2379 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2380 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2381 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2382 /// 2383 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2384 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2385 /// 2386 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2387 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2388 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2389 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2390 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2391 if (IROffset == 0) { 2392 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2393 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2394 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2395 return IRType; 2396 2397 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2398 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2399 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2400 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2401 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2402 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2403 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2404 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2405 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2406 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2407 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2408 2409 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2410 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2411 return IRType; 2412 } 2413 } 2414 2415 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2416 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2417 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2418 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2419 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2420 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2421 2422 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2423 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2424 } 2425 } 2426 2427 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2428 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2429 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2430 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2431 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2432 SourceOffset); 2433 } 2434 2435 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2436 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2437 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2438 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2439 2440 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2441 2442 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2443 // isn't larger than the structure. 2444 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2445 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2446 } 2447 2448 2449 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2450 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2451 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2452 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2453 /// return {i32*, float}. 2454 static llvm::Type * 2455 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2456 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2457 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2458 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2459 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2460 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2461 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2462 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2463 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2464 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2465 2466 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2467 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2468 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2469 // struct. 2470 if (HiStart != 8) { 2471 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2472 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2473 // Promote these to a larger type. 2474 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2475 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2476 else { 2477 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2478 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2479 } 2480 } 2481 2482 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr); 2483 2484 2485 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2486 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2487 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2488 return Result; 2489 } 2490 2491 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2492 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2493 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2494 // classification algorithm. 2495 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2496 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2497 2498 // Check some invariants. 2499 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2500 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2501 2502 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2503 switch (Lo) { 2504 case NoClass: 2505 if (Hi == NoClass) 2506 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2507 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2508 // null. 2509 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2510 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2511 break; 2512 2513 case SSEUp: 2514 case X87Up: 2515 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2516 2517 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2518 // hidden argument. 2519 case Memory: 2520 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2521 2522 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2523 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2524 case Integer: 2525 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2526 2527 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2528 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2529 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2530 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2531 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2532 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2533 2534 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2535 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2536 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2537 } 2538 break; 2539 2540 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2541 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2542 case SSE: 2543 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2544 break; 2545 2546 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2547 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2548 case X87: 2549 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2550 break; 2551 2552 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2553 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2554 // %st1. 2555 case ComplexX87: 2556 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2557 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2558 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2559 nullptr); 2560 break; 2561 } 2562 2563 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2564 switch (Hi) { 2565 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2566 // never occur as a hi class. 2567 case Memory: 2568 case X87: 2569 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2570 2571 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2572 case NoClass: 2573 break; 2574 2575 case Integer: 2576 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2577 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2578 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2579 break; 2580 case SSE: 2581 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2582 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2583 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2584 break; 2585 2586 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2587 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2588 // vector register. 2589 // 2590 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2591 case SSEUp: 2592 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2593 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2594 break; 2595 2596 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2597 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2598 case X87Up: 2599 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2600 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2601 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2602 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2603 if (Lo != X87) { 2604 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2605 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2606 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2607 } 2608 break; 2609 } 2610 2611 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2612 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2613 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2614 if (HighPart) 2615 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2616 2617 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2618 } 2619 2620 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2621 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2622 bool isNamedArg) 2623 const 2624 { 2625 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 2626 2627 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2628 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2629 2630 // Check some invariants. 2631 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2632 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2633 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2634 2635 neededInt = 0; 2636 neededSSE = 0; 2637 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2638 switch (Lo) { 2639 case NoClass: 2640 if (Hi == NoClass) 2641 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2642 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2643 // null. 2644 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2645 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2646 break; 2647 2648 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2649 // on the stack. 2650 case Memory: 2651 2652 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2653 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2654 case X87: 2655 case ComplexX87: 2656 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2657 ++neededInt; 2658 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2659 2660 case SSEUp: 2661 case X87Up: 2662 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2663 2664 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2665 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2666 // and %r9 is used. 2667 case Integer: 2668 ++neededInt; 2669 2670 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2671 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2672 2673 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2674 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2675 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2676 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2677 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2678 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2679 2680 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2681 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2682 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2683 } 2684 2685 break; 2686 2687 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2688 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2689 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2690 case SSE: { 2691 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2692 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2693 ++neededSSE; 2694 break; 2695 } 2696 } 2697 2698 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2699 switch (Hi) { 2700 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2701 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2702 // which is passed in memory. 2703 case Memory: 2704 case X87: 2705 case ComplexX87: 2706 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2707 2708 case NoClass: break; 2709 2710 case Integer: 2711 ++neededInt; 2712 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2713 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2714 2715 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2716 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2717 break; 2718 2719 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2720 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2721 case X87Up: 2722 case SSE: 2723 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2724 2725 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2727 2728 ++neededSSE; 2729 break; 2730 2731 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2732 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2733 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2734 case SSEUp: 2735 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2736 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2737 break; 2738 } 2739 2740 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2741 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2742 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2743 if (HighPart) 2744 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2745 2746 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2747 } 2748 2749 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2750 2751 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2752 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2753 2754 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2755 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2756 2757 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2758 // integer register. 2759 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2760 --freeIntRegs; 2761 2762 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. 2763 if (FI.isChainCall()) 2764 ++freeIntRegs; 2765 2766 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 2767 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2768 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2769 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 2770 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2771 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 2772 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 2773 2774 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2775 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2776 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 2777 2778 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2779 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2780 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2781 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2782 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2783 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2784 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2785 } else { 2786 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2787 } 2788 } 2789 } 2790 2791 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2792 QualType Ty, 2793 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2794 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( 2795 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2796 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2797 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2798 2799 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2800 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2801 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2802 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2803 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2804 if (Align > 8) { 2805 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2806 llvm::Value *Offset = 2807 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2808 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2809 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2810 CGF.Int64Ty); 2811 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2812 overflow_arg_area = 2813 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2814 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2815 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2816 } 2817 2818 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2819 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2820 llvm::Value *Res = 2821 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2822 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2823 2824 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2825 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2826 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2827 // an 8 byte boundary. 2828 2829 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2830 llvm::Value *Offset = 2831 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2832 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2833 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2834 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2835 2836 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2837 return Res; 2838 } 2839 2840 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2841 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2842 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2843 // struct { 2844 // i32 gp_offset; 2845 // i32 fp_offset; 2846 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2847 // i8* reg_save_area; 2848 // }; 2849 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2850 2851 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2852 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2853 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2854 2855 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2856 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2857 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2858 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2859 2860 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2861 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2862 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2863 2864 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2865 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2866 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2867 // 2868 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2869 // register save space). 2870 2871 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2872 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2873 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2874 if (neededInt) { 2875 gp_offset_p = 2876 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2877 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2878 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2879 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2880 } 2881 2882 if (neededSSE) { 2883 fp_offset_p = 2884 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2885 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2886 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2887 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2888 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2889 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2890 } 2891 2892 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2893 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2894 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2895 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2896 2897 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2898 2899 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2900 2901 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2902 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2903 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2904 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2905 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2906 // 2907 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2908 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2909 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2910 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2911 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2912 llvm::Value *RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad( 2913 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3), "reg_save_area"); 2914 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2915 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2916 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2917 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2918 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2919 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2920 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2921 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2922 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2923 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2924 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2925 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2926 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2927 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2928 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2929 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2930 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2931 llvm::Value *V = 2932 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2933 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0)); 2934 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2935 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1)); 2936 2937 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2938 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2939 } else if (neededInt) { 2940 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2941 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2942 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2943 2944 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2945 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2946 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2947 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2948 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2949 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2950 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2951 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2952 RegAddr = Tmp; 2953 } 2954 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2955 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2956 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2957 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2958 } else { 2959 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2960 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2961 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2962 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2963 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2964 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2965 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2966 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2967 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr); 2968 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2969 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2970 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2971 DblPtrTy)); 2972 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0)); 2973 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2974 DblPtrTy)); 2975 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1)); 2976 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2977 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2978 } 2979 2980 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2981 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2982 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2983 if (neededInt) { 2984 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2985 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2986 gp_offset_p); 2987 } 2988 if (neededSSE) { 2989 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2990 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2991 fp_offset_p); 2992 } 2993 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2994 2995 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2996 2997 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2998 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2999 3000 // Return the appropriate result. 3001 3002 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 3003 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 3004 "vaarg.addr"); 3005 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 3006 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 3007 return ResAddr; 3008 } 3009 3010 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 3011 bool IsReturnType) const { 3012 3013 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 3014 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3015 3016 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3017 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3018 3019 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty); 3020 uint64_t Width = Info.Width; 3021 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity(); 3022 3023 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 3024 if (RT) { 3025 if (!IsReturnType) { 3026 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 3027 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3028 } 3029 3030 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3031 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3032 3033 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 3034 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 3035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3036 Width)); 3037 } 3038 3039 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to 3040 // other targets. 3041 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3042 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 3043 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 3044 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 3045 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 3046 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 3047 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3048 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3049 } 3050 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); 3051 } 3052 3053 3054 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 3055 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 3056 // directly. 3057 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 3058 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 3059 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3060 } 3061 3062 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 3063 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 3064 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 3065 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 3066 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3067 3068 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 3069 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width)); 3070 } 3071 3072 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 3073 // extended. 3074 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3075 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 3076 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 3077 3078 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3079 } 3080 3081 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3082 bool IsVectorCall = 3083 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall; 3084 3085 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall. 3086 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0; 3087 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3088 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true); 3089 3090 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall. 3091 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0; 3092 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 3093 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false); 3094 } 3095 3096 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3097 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3098 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3099 3100 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3101 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 3102 "ap"); 3103 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3104 llvm::Type *PTy = 3105 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3106 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3107 3108 uint64_t Offset = 3109 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 3110 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3111 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 3112 "ap.next"); 3113 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3114 3115 return AddrTyped; 3116 } 3117 3118 // PowerPC-32 3119 namespace { 3120 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3121 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3122 public: 3123 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 3124 3125 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3126 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3127 }; 3128 3129 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3130 public: 3131 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 3132 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 3133 3134 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3135 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3136 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3137 } 3138 3139 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3140 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3141 3142 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3143 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3144 } 3145 }; 3146 3147 } 3148 3149 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3150 QualType Ty, 3151 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3152 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3153 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore. 3154 (void)CTy; 3155 return nullptr; 3156 } 3157 3158 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; 3159 bool isInt = 3160 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType(); 3161 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3162 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3163 3164 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3165 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr"); 3166 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty); 3167 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = 3168 Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1)); 3169 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr); 3170 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = 3171 Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3)); 3172 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = 3173 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3174 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = 3175 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4)); 3176 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = 3177 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3178 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr"); 3179 // Align GPR when TY is i64. 3180 if (isI64) { 3181 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3182 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3183 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3184 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR); 3185 } 3186 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr"); 3187 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = 3188 Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area"); 3189 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = 3190 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3191 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = 3192 Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area"); 3193 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = 3194 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3195 3196 llvm::Value *CC = 3197 Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond"); 3198 3199 llvm::Value *RegConstant = 3200 Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3201 3202 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd( 3203 RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty)); 3204 3205 if (Ty->isFloatingType()) 3206 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32)); 3207 3208 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs"); 3209 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow"); 3210 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont"); 3211 3212 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow); 3213 3214 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs); 3215 3216 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3217 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy); 3218 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes. 3219 if (isInt) { 3220 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1)); 3221 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr); 3222 } else { 3223 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3224 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr); 3225 } 3226 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3227 3228 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow); 3229 3230 // Increase the overflow area. 3231 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy); 3232 OverflowAreaAsInt = 3233 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3234 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), 3235 OverflowAreaPtr); 3236 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3237 3238 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont); 3239 3240 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 3241 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs); 3242 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow); 3243 3244 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) { 3245 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr"); 3246 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr"); 3247 } 3248 3249 return Result; 3250 } 3251 3252 bool 3253 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3254 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3255 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3256 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3257 3258 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3259 3260 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3261 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3262 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3263 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3264 3265 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 3266 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 3267 3268 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3269 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3270 3271 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3272 // 64: mq 3273 // 65: lr 3274 // 66: ctr 3275 // 67: ap 3276 // 68-75 cr0-7 3277 // 76: xer 3278 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3279 3280 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3281 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3282 3283 // 109: vrsave 3284 // 110: vscr 3285 // 111: spe_acc 3286 // 112: spefscr 3287 // 113: sfp 3288 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3289 3290 return false; 3291 } 3292 3293 // PowerPC-64 3294 3295 namespace { 3296 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3297 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3298 public: 3299 enum ABIKind { 3300 ELFv1 = 0, 3301 ELFv2 3302 }; 3303 3304 private: 3305 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3306 ABIKind Kind; 3307 bool HasQPX; 3308 3309 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and 3310 // will be passed in a QPX register. 3311 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const { 3312 if (!HasQPX) 3313 return false; 3314 3315 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3316 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3317 if (NumElements == 1) 3318 return false; 3319 3320 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) { 3321 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256) 3322 return true; 3323 } else if (VT->getElementType()-> 3324 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) { 3325 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128) 3326 return true; 3327 } 3328 } 3329 3330 return false; 3331 } 3332 3333 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const { 3334 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr()); 3335 } 3336 3337 public: 3338 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX) 3339 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {} 3340 3341 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3342 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const; 3343 3344 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3345 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3346 3347 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3348 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3349 uint64_t Members) const override; 3350 3351 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3352 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3353 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3354 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3355 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3356 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3357 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3358 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3359 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3360 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3361 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3362 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3363 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3364 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3365 if (T) { 3366 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3367 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) || 3368 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3369 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3370 QualType QT(T, 0); 3371 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3372 continue; 3373 } 3374 } 3375 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3376 } 3377 } 3378 3379 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3380 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3381 }; 3382 3383 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3384 bool HasQPX; 3385 3386 public: 3387 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3388 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX) 3389 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)), 3390 HasQPX(HasQPX) {} 3391 3392 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3393 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3394 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3395 } 3396 3397 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3398 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3399 3400 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType QT) const override { 3401 if (HasQPX) 3402 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 3403 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 3404 return 32; // Natural alignment for QPX doubles. 3405 3406 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors. 3407 } 3408 }; 3409 3410 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3411 public: 3412 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3413 3414 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3415 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3416 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3417 } 3418 3419 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3420 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3421 3422 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3423 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3424 } 3425 }; 3426 3427 } 3428 3429 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3430 // extended to 64 bits. 3431 bool 3432 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3433 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3434 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3435 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3436 3437 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3438 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3439 return true; 3440 3441 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3442 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3443 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3444 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3445 case BuiltinType::Int: 3446 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3447 return true; 3448 default: 3449 break; 3450 } 3451 3452 return false; 3453 } 3454 3455 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3456 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3457 bool 3458 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const { 3459 Align32 = false; 3460 3461 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3462 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3463 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3464 3465 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3466 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3467 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) { 3468 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128) 3469 Align32 = true; 3470 3471 return true; 3472 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3473 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3474 } 3475 3476 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3477 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3478 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3479 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3480 if (EltType) { 3481 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3482 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() && 3483 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3484 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3485 AlignAsType = EltType; 3486 } 3487 3488 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3489 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3490 uint64_t Members = 0; 3491 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3492 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3493 AlignAsType = Base; 3494 3495 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3496 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) { 3497 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128) 3498 Align32 = true; 3499 3500 return true; 3501 } else if (AlignAsType) { 3502 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3503 } 3504 3505 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3506 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3507 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) { 3508 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256) 3509 Align32 = true; 3510 return true; 3511 } 3512 3513 return false; 3514 } 3515 3516 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3517 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3518 /// to the number of base elements. 3519 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3520 uint64_t &Members) const { 3521 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3522 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3523 if (NElements == 0) 3524 return false; 3525 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3526 return false; 3527 Members *= NElements; 3528 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3529 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3530 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3531 return false; 3532 3533 Members = 0; 3534 3535 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 3536 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 3537 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 3538 // Ignore empty records. 3539 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true)) 3540 continue; 3541 3542 uint64_t FldMembers; 3543 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3544 return false; 3545 3546 Members += FldMembers; 3547 } 3548 } 3549 3550 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3551 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3552 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3553 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3554 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3555 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3556 return false; 3557 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3558 } 3559 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3560 continue; 3561 3562 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3563 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3564 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3565 continue; 3566 3567 uint64_t FldMembers; 3568 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3569 return false; 3570 3571 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3572 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3573 } 3574 3575 if (!Base) 3576 return false; 3577 3578 // Ensure there is no padding. 3579 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3580 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3581 return false; 3582 } else { 3583 Members = 1; 3584 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3585 Members = 2; 3586 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3587 } 3588 3589 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths. 3590 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty)) 3591 return false; 3592 3593 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3594 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3595 // treated as being equivalent here. 3596 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3597 if (!Base) 3598 Base = TyPtr; 3599 3600 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3601 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3602 return false; 3603 } 3604 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members); 3605 } 3606 3607 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 3608 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3609 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3610 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3611 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3612 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3613 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3614 return true; 3615 } 3616 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3617 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) 3618 return true; 3619 } 3620 return false; 3621 } 3622 3623 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough( 3624 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const { 3625 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3626 // or two registers depending on their size. 3627 uint32_t NumRegs = 3628 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3629 3630 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3631 return Members * NumRegs <= 8; 3632 } 3633 3634 ABIArgInfo 3635 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3636 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 3637 3638 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3639 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3640 3641 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3642 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3643 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) { 3644 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3645 if (Size > 128) 3646 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3647 else if (Size < 128) { 3648 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3649 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3650 } 3651 } 3652 3653 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3654 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3655 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3656 3657 bool Align32; 3658 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32) ? 3659 (Align32 ? 32 : 16) : 8; 3660 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3661 3662 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3663 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3664 uint64_t Members = 0; 3665 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3666 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3667 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3668 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3669 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3670 } 3671 3672 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3673 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3674 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3675 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3676 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3677 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3678 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3679 3680 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3681 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3682 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3683 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3684 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3685 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3686 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3687 else { 3688 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3689 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3690 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3691 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3692 } 3693 3694 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3695 } 3696 3697 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3698 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3699 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3700 } 3701 3702 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3703 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3704 } 3705 3706 ABIArgInfo 3707 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3708 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3709 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3710 3711 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3712 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3713 3714 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3715 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3716 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) { 3717 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3718 if (Size > 128) 3719 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3720 else if (Size < 128) { 3721 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3723 } 3724 } 3725 3726 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3727 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3728 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3729 uint64_t Members = 0; 3730 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3731 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3732 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3733 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3734 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3735 } 3736 3737 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3738 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3739 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3740 if (Bits == 0) 3741 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3742 3743 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3744 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3745 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3746 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr); 3747 } else 3748 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3749 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3750 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3751 } 3752 3753 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3754 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3755 } 3756 3757 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3758 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3759 } 3760 3761 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3762 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3763 QualType Ty, 3764 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3765 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3766 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3767 3768 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3769 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3770 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3771 3772 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3773 bool Align32; 3774 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32)) { 3775 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3776 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, 3777 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? 31 : 15)); 3778 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, 3779 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? -32 : -16)); 3780 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3781 } 3782 3783 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3784 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3785 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3786 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3787 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3788 QualType BaseTy; 3789 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3790 3791 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3792 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3793 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3794 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3795 SizeInBytes = 16; 3796 } 3797 3798 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3799 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3800 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3801 "ap.next"); 3802 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3803 3804 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3805 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3806 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3807 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3808 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3809 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3810 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3811 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3812 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3813 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3814 RealAddr = 3815 Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3816 ImagAddr = 3817 Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3818 } else { 3819 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3820 } 3821 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3822 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3823 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3824 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3825 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3826 llvm::AllocaInst *Ptr = 3827 CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), "vacplx"); 3828 llvm::Value *RealPtr = 3829 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3830 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = 3831 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3832 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3833 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3834 return Ptr; 3835 } 3836 3837 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3838 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3839 // correct offset. 3840 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3841 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3842 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3843 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3844 } 3845 3846 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3847 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3848 } 3849 3850 static bool 3851 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3852 llvm::Value *Address) { 3853 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3854 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3855 3856 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3857 3858 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3859 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3860 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3861 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3862 3863 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3864 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3865 3866 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3867 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3868 3869 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3870 // 64: mq 3871 // 65: lr 3872 // 66: ctr 3873 // 67: ap 3874 // 68-75 cr0-7 3875 // 76: xer 3876 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3877 3878 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3879 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3880 3881 // 109: vrsave 3882 // 110: vscr 3883 // 111: spe_acc 3884 // 112: spefscr 3885 // 113: sfp 3886 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3887 3888 return false; 3889 } 3890 3891 bool 3892 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3893 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3894 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3895 3896 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3897 } 3898 3899 bool 3900 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3901 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3902 3903 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3904 } 3905 3906 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3907 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3908 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3909 3910 namespace { 3911 3912 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3913 public: 3914 enum ABIKind { 3915 AAPCS = 0, 3916 DarwinPCS 3917 }; 3918 3919 private: 3920 ABIKind Kind; 3921 3922 public: 3923 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3924 3925 private: 3926 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3927 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3928 3929 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3930 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 3931 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3932 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3933 uint64_t Members) const override; 3934 3935 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3936 3937 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3938 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3939 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3940 3941 for (auto &it : FI.arguments()) 3942 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type); 3943 } 3944 3945 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3946 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3947 3948 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3949 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3950 3951 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3952 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 3953 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3954 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3955 } 3956 }; 3957 3958 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3959 public: 3960 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3961 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3962 3963 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 3964 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3965 } 3966 3967 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3968 return 31; 3969 } 3970 3971 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; } 3972 }; 3973 } 3974 3975 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3976 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 3977 3978 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3979 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3980 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3981 if (Size <= 32) { 3982 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3983 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3984 } 3985 if (Size == 64) { 3986 llvm::Type *ResType = 3987 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3988 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3989 } 3990 if (Size == 128) { 3991 llvm::Type *ResType = 3992 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3993 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3994 } 3995 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3996 } 3997 3998 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3999 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4000 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 4001 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4002 4003 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 4004 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4005 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4006 } 4007 4008 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 4009 // copy constructor are always indirect. 4010 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4011 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 4012 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4013 } 4014 4015 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 4016 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 4017 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4018 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 4019 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4020 4021 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4022 } 4023 4024 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 4025 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4026 uint64_t Members = 0; 4027 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 4028 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 4029 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members)); 4030 } 4031 4032 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 4033 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4034 if (Size <= 128) { 4035 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 4036 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 4037 4038 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 4039 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 4040 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 4041 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4042 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 4043 } 4044 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 4045 } 4046 4047 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4048 } 4049 4050 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4051 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4052 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4053 4054 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4055 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 4056 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4057 4058 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4059 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4060 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4061 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4062 4063 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 4064 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4065 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4066 } 4067 4068 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4069 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4070 4071 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4072 uint64_t Members = 0; 4073 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) 4074 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 4075 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4076 4077 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 4078 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4079 if (Size <= 128) { 4080 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy); 4081 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 4082 4083 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 4084 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 4085 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 4086 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4087 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 4088 } 4089 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 4090 } 4091 4092 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4093 } 4094 4095 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 4096 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4097 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4098 // Check whether VT is legal. 4099 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4100 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4101 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 4102 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 4103 return true; 4104 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 4105 } 4106 return false; 4107 } 4108 4109 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 4110 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4111 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4112 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4113 // including __fp16. 4114 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4115 if (BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4116 return true; 4117 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4118 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4119 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 4120 return true; 4121 } 4122 return false; 4123 } 4124 4125 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4126 uint64_t Members) const { 4127 return Members <= 4; 4128 } 4129 4130 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 4131 QualType Ty, 4132 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4133 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 4134 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 4135 4136 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty); 4137 if (IsIndirect) 4138 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy); 4139 else if (AI.getCoerceToType()) 4140 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); 4141 4142 unsigned NumRegs = 1; 4143 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) { 4144 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType(); 4145 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements(); 4146 } 4147 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy(); 4148 4149 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 4150 // Standard, section B.4: 4151 // 4152 // struct { 4153 // void *__stack; 4154 // void *__gr_top; 4155 // void *__vr_top; 4156 // int __gr_offs; 4157 // int __vr_offs; 4158 // }; 4159 4160 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 4161 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 4162 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 4163 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 4164 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 4165 4166 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 4167 int reg_top_index; 4168 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4169 if (!IsFPR) { 4170 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 4171 reg_offs_p = 4172 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 4173 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 4174 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 4175 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8); 4176 } else { 4177 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 4178 reg_offs_p = 4179 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 4180 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 4181 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 4182 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs; 4183 } 4184 4185 //======================================= 4186 // Find out where argument was passed 4187 //======================================= 4188 4189 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 4190 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 4191 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 4192 // whatever they get). 4193 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 4194 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 4195 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 4196 4197 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 4198 4199 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 4200 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 4201 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 4202 4203 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 4204 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 4205 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 4206 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4207 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4208 4209 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4210 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 4211 "align_regoffs"); 4212 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4213 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 4214 "aligned_regoffs"); 4215 } 4216 4217 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 4218 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 4219 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4220 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 4221 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 4222 4223 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 4224 // registers or not. 4225 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 4226 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 4227 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 4228 4229 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 4230 4231 //======================================= 4232 // Argument was in registers 4233 //======================================= 4234 4235 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 4236 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 4237 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 4238 4239 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 4240 reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, reg_top_index, 4241 "reg_top_p"); 4242 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 4243 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 4244 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 4245 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 4246 4247 if (IsIndirect) { 4248 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 4249 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 4250 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 4251 } 4252 4253 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4254 uint64_t NumMembers = 0; 4255 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers); 4256 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 4257 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 4258 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 4259 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 4260 // contiguously. 4261 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 4262 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 4263 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 4264 llvm::AllocaInst *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 4265 int Offset = 0; 4266 4267 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 4268 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 4269 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 4270 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 4271 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 4272 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 4273 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 4274 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 4275 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = 4276 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp->getAllocatedType(), Tmp, i); 4277 4278 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 4279 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 4280 } 4281 4282 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 4283 } else { 4284 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 4285 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 4286 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 4287 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 4288 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 4289 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4290 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4291 4292 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4293 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4294 4295 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4296 } 4297 4298 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 4299 } 4300 4301 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4302 4303 //======================================= 4304 // Argument was on the stack 4305 //======================================= 4306 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 4307 4308 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 4309 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 4310 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 4311 4312 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 4313 // floating-point ones might be affected. 4314 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4315 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4316 4317 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4318 4319 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4320 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 4321 "align_stack"); 4322 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4323 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 4324 "align_stack"); 4325 4326 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4327 } 4328 4329 uint64_t StackSize; 4330 if (IsIndirect) 4331 StackSize = 8; 4332 else 4333 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4334 4335 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 4336 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 4337 4338 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 4339 llvm::Value *NewStack = 4340 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 4341 4342 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4343 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4344 4345 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4346 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 4347 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4348 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4349 4350 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4351 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4352 4353 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4354 } 4355 4356 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4357 4358 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4359 4360 //======================================= 4361 // Tidy up 4362 //======================================= 4363 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4364 4365 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4366 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4367 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4368 4369 if (IsIndirect) 4370 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4371 4372 return ResAddr; 4373 } 4374 4375 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 4376 QualType Ty, 4377 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4378 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4379 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4380 // other cases. 4381 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4382 return nullptr; 4383 4384 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4385 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4386 4387 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4388 uint64_t Members = 0; 4389 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members); 4390 4391 bool isIndirect = false; 4392 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4393 // be passed indirectly. 4394 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4395 isIndirect = true; 4396 Size = 8; 4397 Align = 8; 4398 } 4399 4400 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4401 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4402 4403 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4404 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4405 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4406 4407 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4408 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4409 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4410 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4411 } 4412 4413 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4414 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4415 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4416 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4417 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4418 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4419 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4420 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4421 } 4422 4423 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4424 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4425 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4426 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4427 4428 if (isIndirect) 4429 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4430 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4431 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4432 4433 return AddrTyped; 4434 } 4435 4436 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4437 // ARM ABI Implementation 4438 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4439 4440 namespace { 4441 4442 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4443 public: 4444 enum ABIKind { 4445 APCS = 0, 4446 AAPCS = 1, 4447 AAPCS_VFP 4448 }; 4449 4450 private: 4451 ABIKind Kind; 4452 4453 public: 4454 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) { 4455 setCCs(); 4456 } 4457 4458 bool isEABI() const { 4459 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4460 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4461 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4462 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4463 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4464 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4465 return true; 4466 default: 4467 return false; 4468 } 4469 } 4470 4471 bool isEABIHF() const { 4472 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4473 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4474 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4475 return true; 4476 default: 4477 return false; 4478 } 4479 } 4480 4481 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4482 4483 private: 4484 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4485 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4486 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4487 4488 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 4489 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 4490 uint64_t Members) const override; 4491 4492 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4493 4494 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4495 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4496 4497 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4498 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4499 void setCCs(); 4500 }; 4501 4502 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4503 public: 4504 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4505 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4506 4507 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4508 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4509 } 4510 4511 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4512 return 13; 4513 } 4514 4515 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4516 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4517 } 4518 4519 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4520 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4521 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4522 4523 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4524 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4525 return false; 4526 } 4527 4528 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4529 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4530 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4531 } 4532 4533 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4534 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4535 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4536 if (!FD) 4537 return; 4538 4539 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4540 if (!Attr) 4541 return; 4542 4543 const char *Kind; 4544 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4545 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4546 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4547 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4548 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4549 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4550 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4551 } 4552 4553 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4554 4555 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4556 4557 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4558 return; 4559 4560 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4561 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4562 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4563 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4564 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4565 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4566 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4567 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4568 B)); 4569 } 4570 }; 4571 4572 class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo { 4573 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4574 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const; 4575 4576 public: 4577 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4578 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {} 4579 4580 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4581 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 4582 }; 4583 4584 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute( 4585 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 4586 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 4587 return; 4588 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096) 4589 return; 4590 4591 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4592 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", 4593 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize)); 4594 } 4595 4596 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes( 4597 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 4598 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 4599 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 4600 } 4601 } 4602 4603 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4604 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 4605 FI.getReturnInfo() = 4606 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4607 4608 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 4609 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic()); 4610 4611 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4612 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4613 return; 4614 4615 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4616 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4617 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4618 } 4619 4620 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4621 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4622 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4623 if (isEABIHF()) 4624 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4625 else if (isEABI()) 4626 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4627 else 4628 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4629 } 4630 4631 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4632 /// as the C calling convention. 4633 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4634 switch (getABIKind()) { 4635 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4636 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4637 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4638 } 4639 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4640 } 4641 4642 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() { 4643 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4644 4645 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4646 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4647 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4648 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4649 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4650 4651 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ? 4652 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS); 4653 } 4654 4655 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 4656 bool isVariadic) const { 4657 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4658 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4659 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4660 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4661 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4662 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4663 // to four Elements. 4664 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4665 4666 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 4667 4668 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4669 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4670 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4671 if (Size <= 32) { 4672 llvm::Type *ResType = 4673 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4674 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4675 } 4676 if (Size == 64) { 4677 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4678 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4679 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4680 } 4681 if (Size == 128) { 4682 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4683 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4684 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4685 } 4686 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4687 } 4688 4689 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4690 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4691 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4692 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4693 } 4694 4695 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4696 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4697 } 4698 4699 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4700 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4701 } 4702 4703 // Ignore empty records. 4704 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4705 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4706 4707 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 4708 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4709 // into VFP registers. 4710 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4711 uint64_t Members = 0; 4712 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 4713 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4714 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4715 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 4716 } 4717 } 4718 4719 // Support byval for ARM. 4720 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4721 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4722 // than ABI alignment. 4723 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4724 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4725 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4726 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4727 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4728 4729 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4730 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4731 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4732 } 4733 4734 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4735 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4736 unsigned SizeRegs; 4737 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4738 // we can. 4739 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4740 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4741 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4742 } else { 4743 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4744 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4745 } 4746 4747 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs)); 4748 } 4749 4750 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4751 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4752 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4753 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4754 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4755 4756 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4757 4758 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4759 if (Size > 32) 4760 return false; 4761 4762 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4763 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4764 return false; 4765 4766 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4767 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4768 return false; 4769 4770 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4771 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4772 return true; 4773 4774 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4775 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4776 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4777 4778 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4779 // above, but they are not. 4780 4781 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4782 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4783 if (!RT) return false; 4784 4785 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4786 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4787 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4788 return false; 4789 4790 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4791 // like". 4792 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4793 4794 bool HadField = false; 4795 unsigned idx = 0; 4796 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4797 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4798 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4799 4800 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4801 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4802 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4803 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4804 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4805 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4806 HadField = true; 4807 4808 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4809 return false; 4810 4811 continue; 4812 } 4813 4814 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4815 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4816 return false; 4817 4818 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4819 return false; 4820 4821 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4822 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4823 // empty structure. 4824 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4825 if (HadField) 4826 return false; 4827 4828 HadField = true; 4829 } 4830 } 4831 4832 return true; 4833 } 4834 4835 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4836 bool isVariadic) const { 4837 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4838 4839 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4840 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4841 4842 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4843 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4844 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4845 } 4846 4847 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4848 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4849 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4850 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4851 4852 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4853 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4854 } 4855 4856 // Are we following APCS? 4857 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4858 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4859 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4860 4861 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4862 // 4863 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4864 // correctly. 4865 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4866 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4867 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4868 4869 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4870 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4871 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4872 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4873 if (Size <= 8) 4874 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4875 if (Size <= 16) 4876 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4877 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4878 } 4879 4880 // Otherwise return in memory. 4881 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4882 } 4883 4884 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4885 4886 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4887 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4888 4889 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4890 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 4891 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4892 uint64_t Members; 4893 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 4894 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4895 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4896 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 4897 } 4898 } 4899 4900 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4901 // are returned indirectly. 4902 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4903 if (Size <= 32) { 4904 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4905 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4906 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4907 4908 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4909 if (Size <= 8) 4910 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4911 if (Size <= 16) 4912 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4913 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4914 } 4915 4916 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4917 } 4918 4919 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4920 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4921 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4922 // Check whether VT is legal. 4923 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4924 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4925 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4926 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4927 return true; 4928 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4929 return Size <= 32; 4930 } 4931 return false; 4932 } 4933 4934 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 4935 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4936 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. 4937 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4938 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 4939 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4940 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4941 return true; 4942 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4943 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4944 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 4945 return true; 4946 } 4947 return false; 4948 } 4949 4950 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4951 uint64_t Members) const { 4952 return Members <= 4; 4953 } 4954 4955 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4956 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4957 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4958 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4959 4960 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4961 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4962 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4963 4964 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4965 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4966 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4967 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4968 } 4969 4970 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4971 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4972 bool IsIndirect = false; 4973 4974 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4975 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4976 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4977 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4978 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4979 else 4980 TyAlign = 4; 4981 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4982 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4983 IsIndirect = true; 4984 Size = 4; 4985 TyAlign = 4; 4986 } 4987 4988 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4989 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4990 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4991 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4992 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4993 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4994 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4995 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4996 } 4997 4998 uint64_t Offset = 4999 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 5000 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5001 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5002 "ap.next"); 5003 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5004 5005 if (IsIndirect) 5006 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 5007 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 5008 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 5009 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 5010 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 5011 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 5012 // than the ABI alignment. 5013 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 5014 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 5015 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 5016 "var.align"); 5017 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 5018 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 5019 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 5020 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 5021 TyAlign, false); 5022 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 5023 } 5024 llvm::Type *PTy = 5025 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5026 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5027 5028 return AddrTyped; 5029 } 5030 5031 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5032 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 5033 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5034 5035 namespace { 5036 5037 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5038 public: 5039 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5040 5041 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5042 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5043 5044 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5045 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5046 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 5047 }; 5048 5049 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5050 public: 5051 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5052 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5053 5054 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5055 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5056 private: 5057 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 5058 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 5059 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 5060 }; 5061 5062 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5063 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5064 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5065 5066 // note: this is different from default ABI 5067 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 5068 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5069 5070 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5071 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5072 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5073 5074 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5075 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5076 } 5077 5078 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5079 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5080 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5081 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5082 5083 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value 5084 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 5085 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true); 5086 5087 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5088 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5089 } 5090 5091 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5092 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5093 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5094 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5095 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5096 5097 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5098 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5099 return; 5100 5101 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5102 } 5103 5104 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5105 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5106 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5107 } 5108 5109 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5110 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5111 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5112 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5113 if (!FD) return; 5114 5115 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5116 5117 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5118 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5119 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5120 // By default, all functions are device functions 5121 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5122 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5123 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5124 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5125 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5126 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5127 } 5128 } 5129 5130 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5131 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5132 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5133 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5134 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5135 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5136 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5137 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5138 } 5139 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5140 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5141 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32); 5142 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext()); 5143 if (MaxThreads > 0) 5144 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue()); 5145 5146 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was 5147 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value, 5148 // we don't have to add a PTX directive. 5149 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) { 5150 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32); 5151 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext()); 5152 if (MinBlocks > 0) 5153 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5154 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue()); 5155 } 5156 } 5157 } 5158 } 5159 5160 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5161 int Operand) { 5162 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5163 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5164 5165 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5166 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5167 5168 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = { 5169 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5170 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get( 5171 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))}; 5172 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5173 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5174 } 5175 } 5176 5177 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5178 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5179 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5180 5181 namespace { 5182 5183 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5184 bool HasVector; 5185 5186 public: 5187 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV) 5188 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {} 5189 5190 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5191 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5192 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5193 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5194 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const; 5195 5196 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5197 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5198 5199 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5200 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5201 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5202 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5203 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5204 } 5205 5206 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5207 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5208 }; 5209 5210 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5211 public: 5212 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector) 5213 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {} 5214 }; 5215 5216 } 5217 5218 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5219 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5220 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5221 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5222 5223 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5224 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5225 return true; 5226 5227 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5228 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5229 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5230 case BuiltinType::Int: 5231 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5232 return true; 5233 default: 5234 return false; 5235 } 5236 return false; 5237 } 5238 5239 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5240 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() || 5241 Ty->isVectorType() || 5242 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)); 5243 } 5244 5245 bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5246 return (HasVector && 5247 Ty->isVectorType() && 5248 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128); 5249 } 5250 5251 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5252 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5253 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5254 case BuiltinType::Float: 5255 case BuiltinType::Double: 5256 return true; 5257 default: 5258 return false; 5259 } 5260 5261 return false; 5262 } 5263 5264 QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const { 5265 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5266 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5267 QualType Found; 5268 5269 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5270 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5271 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5272 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5273 5274 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5275 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5276 continue; 5277 5278 if (!Found.isNull()) 5279 return Ty; 5280 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base); 5281 } 5282 5283 // Check the fields. 5284 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5285 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 5286 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5287 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5288 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5289 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5290 continue; 5291 5292 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5293 // Nested structures still do though. 5294 if (!Found.isNull()) 5295 return Ty; 5296 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType()); 5297 } 5298 5299 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5300 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5301 if (!Found.isNull()) 5302 return Found; 5303 } 5304 5305 return Ty; 5306 } 5307 5308 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5309 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5310 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5311 // struct { 5312 // i64 __gpr; 5313 // i64 __fpr; 5314 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5315 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5316 // }; 5317 5318 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference 5319 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are 5320 // always passed on the stack. 5321 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5322 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 5323 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 5324 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5325 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5326 bool InFPRs = false; 5327 bool IsVector = false; 5328 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5329 if (IsIndirect) { 5330 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5331 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5332 } else { 5333 if (AI.getCoerceToType()) 5334 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); 5335 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy(); 5336 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy(); 5337 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5338 } 5339 unsigned PaddedBitSize = (IsVector && UnpaddedBitSize > 64) ? 128 : 64; 5340 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5341 5342 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5343 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5344 5345 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty; 5346 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5347 5348 if (IsVector) { 5349 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack. 5350 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a 5351 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot. 5352 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5353 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, 5354 "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5355 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5356 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5357 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5358 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OverflowArgArea, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5359 5360 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5361 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5362 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5363 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5364 5365 return MemAddr; 5366 } 5367 5368 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5369 if (InFPRs) { 5370 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5371 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5372 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5373 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5374 } else { 5375 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5376 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5377 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5378 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5379 } 5380 5381 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( 5382 nullptr, VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5383 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5384 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5385 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5386 "fits_in_regs"); 5387 5388 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5389 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5390 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5391 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5392 5393 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5394 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5395 5396 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5397 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5398 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5399 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5400 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5401 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5402 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5403 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5404 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5405 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5406 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5407 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5408 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5409 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5410 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5411 5412 // Update the register count 5413 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5414 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5415 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5416 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5417 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5418 5419 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5420 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5421 5422 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5423 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( 5424 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5425 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5426 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5427 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5428 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5429 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5430 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5431 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5432 5433 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5434 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5435 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5436 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5437 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5438 5439 // Return the appropriate result. 5440 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5441 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5442 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5443 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5444 5445 if (IsIndirect) 5446 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5447 5448 return ResAddr; 5449 } 5450 5451 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5452 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5453 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5454 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy)) 5455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5456 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5457 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5458 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5459 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5460 } 5461 5462 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5463 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5464 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5465 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5466 5467 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5468 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5469 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5470 5471 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that 5472 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any 5473 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match. 5474 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5475 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty); 5476 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) && 5477 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size) 5478 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy)); 5479 5480 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5481 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5482 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5483 5484 // Handle small structures. 5485 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5486 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5487 // fail the size test above. 5488 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5489 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5491 5492 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5493 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5494 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) { 5495 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5496 if (Size == 32) 5497 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5498 else 5499 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5500 } else 5501 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5502 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5503 } 5504 5505 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5506 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5507 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5508 5509 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5510 } 5511 5512 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5513 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5514 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5515 5516 namespace { 5517 5518 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5519 public: 5520 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5521 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5522 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5523 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5524 }; 5525 5526 } 5527 5528 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5529 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5530 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5531 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5532 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5533 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5534 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5535 5536 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5537 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5538 5539 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5540 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5541 5542 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5543 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5544 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5545 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5546 } 5547 } 5548 } 5549 5550 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5551 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5552 // big-endian variants. 5553 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5554 5555 namespace { 5556 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5557 bool IsO32; 5558 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5559 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5560 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5561 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5562 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5563 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5564 public: 5565 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5566 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5567 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5568 5569 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5570 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5571 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5572 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5573 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5574 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override; 5575 }; 5576 5577 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5578 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5579 public: 5580 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5581 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5582 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5583 5584 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5585 return 29; 5586 } 5587 5588 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5589 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5590 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5591 if (!FD) return; 5592 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5593 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5594 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5595 } 5596 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5597 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5598 } 5599 } 5600 5601 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5602 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5603 5604 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5605 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5606 } 5607 }; 5608 } 5609 5610 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs( 5611 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5612 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5613 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5614 5615 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5616 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5617 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5618 5619 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5620 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5621 5622 if (R) 5623 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5624 } 5625 5626 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5627 // a register. 5628 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5629 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5630 5631 if (IsO32) { 5632 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5633 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5634 } 5635 5636 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5637 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5638 5639 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5640 5641 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5642 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5643 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5644 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5645 } 5646 5647 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5648 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5649 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5650 5651 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5652 unsigned idx = 0; 5653 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5654 5655 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5656 // double fields. 5657 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5658 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5659 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5660 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5661 5662 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5663 continue; 5664 5665 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5666 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5667 continue; 5668 5669 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5670 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5671 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5672 5673 // Add double type. 5674 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5675 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5676 } 5677 5678 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5679 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5680 5681 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5682 } 5683 5684 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5685 uint64_t Offset) const { 5686 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5687 return nullptr; 5688 5689 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5690 } 5691 5692 ABIArgInfo 5693 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5694 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 5695 5696 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5697 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5698 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5699 5700 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5701 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5702 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5703 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5704 5705 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5706 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5707 if (TySize == 0) 5708 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5709 5710 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5711 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5712 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5713 } 5714 5715 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5716 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5717 // aggregate is unaligned. 5718 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5719 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5720 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5721 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5722 return ArgInfo; 5723 } 5724 5725 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5726 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5727 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5728 5729 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width. 5730 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 5731 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5732 5733 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5734 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5735 } 5736 5737 llvm::Type* 5738 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5739 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5740 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5741 5742 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5743 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5744 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5745 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5746 5747 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5748 // following conditions are met: 5749 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5750 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5751 // point types. 5752 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5753 // 5754 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5755 // 5756 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5757 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5758 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5759 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5760 5761 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5762 break; 5763 5764 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5765 } 5766 5767 if (b == e) 5768 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5769 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5770 5771 RTList.clear(); 5772 } 5773 } 5774 5775 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5776 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5777 } 5778 5779 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5780 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5781 5782 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5783 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5784 5785 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5786 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5787 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5788 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5789 5790 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5791 if (Size <= 128) { 5792 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5793 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5794 5795 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5796 // aggregates in registers. 5797 if (!IsO32 || 5798 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5799 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5800 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5801 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5802 return ArgInfo; 5803 } 5804 } 5805 5806 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5807 } 5808 5809 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5810 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5811 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5812 5813 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5814 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5815 } 5816 5817 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5818 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5819 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5820 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5821 5822 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5823 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5824 5825 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5826 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5827 } 5828 5829 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5830 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5831 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5832 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5833 5834 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64. 5835 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32. 5836 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64; 5837 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5838 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() && 5839 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) || 5840 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) { 5841 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits, 5842 Ty->isSignedIntegerType()); 5843 } 5844 5845 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5846 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5847 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5848 int64_t TypeAlign = 5849 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5850 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5851 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5852 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5853 5854 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5855 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5856 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5857 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5858 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5859 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5860 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5861 } 5862 else 5863 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5864 5865 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5866 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5867 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5868 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign); 5869 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5870 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5871 "ap.next"); 5872 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5873 5874 return AddrTyped; 5875 } 5876 5877 bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const { 5878 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5879 5880 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended. 5881 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32) 5882 return true; 5883 5884 return false; 5885 } 5886 5887 bool 5888 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5889 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5890 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5891 // as canonical as it gets. 5892 5893 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5894 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5895 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5896 5897 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5898 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5899 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5900 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5901 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5902 5903 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5904 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5905 5906 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5907 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5908 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5909 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5910 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5911 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5912 return false; 5913 } 5914 5915 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5916 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5917 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5918 // handling. 5919 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5920 5921 namespace { 5922 5923 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5924 public: 5925 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5926 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5927 5928 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5929 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5930 }; 5931 5932 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes( 5933 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5934 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5935 if (!FD) return; 5936 5937 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5938 5939 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5940 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5941 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5942 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5943 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5944 if (Attr) { 5945 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5946 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5947 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5948 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata( 5949 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5950 5951 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands; 5952 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F)); 5953 5954 Operands.push_back( 5955 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5956 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())))); 5957 Operands.push_back( 5958 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5959 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())))); 5960 Operands.push_back( 5961 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5962 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())))); 5963 5964 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" 5965 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. 5966 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5967 Operands.push_back( 5968 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context))); 5969 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5970 } 5971 } 5972 } 5973 } 5974 5975 } 5976 5977 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5978 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5979 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5980 5981 namespace { 5982 5983 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5984 5985 5986 public: 5987 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5988 5989 private: 5990 5991 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5992 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5993 5994 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5995 5996 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5997 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5998 }; 5999 6000 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6001 public: 6002 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6003 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6004 6005 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6006 return 29; 6007 } 6008 }; 6009 6010 } 6011 6012 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6013 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 6014 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 6015 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6016 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 6017 } 6018 6019 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 6020 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 6021 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6022 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6023 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6024 6025 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6026 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6027 } 6028 6029 // Ignore empty records. 6030 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 6031 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6032 6033 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6034 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6035 6036 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6037 if (Size > 64) 6038 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 6039 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 6040 else if (Size > 32) 6041 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6042 else if (Size > 16) 6043 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6044 else if (Size > 8) 6045 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6046 else 6047 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6048 } 6049 6050 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 6051 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 6052 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6053 6054 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 6055 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 6056 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 6057 6058 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 6059 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6060 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6061 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6062 6063 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6064 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6065 } 6066 6067 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 6068 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6069 6070 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 6071 // are returned indirectly. 6072 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 6073 if (Size <= 64) { 6074 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 6075 if (Size <= 8) 6076 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6077 if (Size <= 16) 6078 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6079 if (Size <= 32) 6080 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6081 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6082 } 6083 6084 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 6085 } 6086 6087 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6088 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6089 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 6090 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6091 6092 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6093 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 6094 "ap"); 6095 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6096 llvm::Type *PTy = 6097 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 6098 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 6099 6100 uint64_t Offset = 6101 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 6102 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 6103 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 6104 "ap.next"); 6105 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6106 6107 return AddrTyped; 6108 } 6109 6110 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6111 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation 6112 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6113 6114 namespace { 6115 6116 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6117 public: 6118 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6119 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6120 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6121 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6122 }; 6123 6124 } 6125 6126 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes( 6127 const Decl *D, 6128 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6129 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 6130 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6131 if (!FD) 6132 return; 6133 6134 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { 6135 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 6136 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR(); 6137 if (NumVGPR != 0) 6138 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR)); 6139 } 6140 6141 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { 6142 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 6143 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR(); 6144 if (NumSGPR != 0) 6145 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR)); 6146 } 6147 } 6148 6149 6150 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6151 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 6152 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 6153 // 6154 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 6155 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 6156 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 6157 // 6158 // One case requires special care: 6159 // 6160 // struct mixed { 6161 // int i; 6162 // float f; 6163 // }; 6164 // 6165 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 6166 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 6167 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 6168 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 6169 // 6170 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 6171 // 6172 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 6173 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 6174 // bytes. 6175 // 6176 namespace { 6177 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 6178 public: 6179 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 6180 6181 private: 6182 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 6183 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 6184 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6185 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6186 6187 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 6188 // serves two purposes: 6189 // 6190 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 6191 // in registers. 6192 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 6193 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 6194 // 6195 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 6196 // aligned 32-bit floats. 6197 // 6198 struct CoerceBuilder { 6199 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 6200 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 6201 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 6202 uint64_t Size; 6203 bool InReg; 6204 6205 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6206 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6207 6208 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6209 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6210 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6211 if (ToSize == Size) 6212 return; 6213 6214 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6215 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6216 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6217 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6218 Size = Aligned; 6219 } 6220 6221 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6222 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6223 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6224 Size += 64; 6225 } 6226 6227 // Final in-word padding. 6228 if (Size < ToSize) { 6229 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6230 Size = ToSize; 6231 } 6232 } 6233 6234 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6235 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6236 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6237 if (Offset % Bits) 6238 return; 6239 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6240 if (Bits < 64) 6241 InReg = true; 6242 pad(Offset); 6243 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6244 Size = Offset + Bits; 6245 } 6246 6247 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6248 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6249 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6250 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6251 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6252 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6253 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6254 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6255 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6256 break; 6257 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6258 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6259 break; 6260 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6261 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6262 break; 6263 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6264 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6265 break; 6266 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6267 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6268 pad(ElemOffset); 6269 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6270 Size += 64; 6271 } 6272 break; 6273 default: 6274 break; 6275 } 6276 } 6277 } 6278 6279 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6280 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6281 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements(); 6282 } 6283 6284 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6285 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6286 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6287 return Elems.front(); 6288 else 6289 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6290 } 6291 }; 6292 }; 6293 } // end anonymous namespace 6294 6295 ABIArgInfo 6296 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6297 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6298 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6299 6300 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6301 6302 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6303 // pointer / sret pointer. 6304 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6305 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6306 6307 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6308 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6309 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6310 6311 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6312 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6313 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6314 6315 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6316 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6317 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6318 6319 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6320 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6321 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6322 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6323 6324 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6325 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6326 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6327 if (!StrTy) 6328 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6329 6330 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6331 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6332 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6333 6334 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6335 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6336 6337 if (CB.InReg) 6338 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6339 else 6340 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6341 } 6342 6343 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6344 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6345 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6346 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6347 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6348 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6349 6350 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6351 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6352 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6353 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6354 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6355 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6356 unsigned Stride; 6357 6358 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6359 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6360 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6361 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6362 6363 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6364 Stride = 8; 6365 ArgAddr = Builder 6366 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6367 "extend"); 6368 break; 6369 6370 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6371 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6372 ArgAddr = Addr; 6373 break; 6374 6375 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6376 Stride = 8; 6377 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6378 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6379 "indirect"); 6380 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6381 break; 6382 6383 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6384 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6385 } 6386 6387 // Update VAList. 6388 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6389 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6390 6391 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6392 } 6393 6394 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6395 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6396 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6397 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6398 } 6399 6400 namespace { 6401 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6402 public: 6403 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6404 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6405 6406 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6407 return 14; 6408 } 6409 6410 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6411 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6412 }; 6413 } // end anonymous namespace 6414 6415 bool 6416 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6417 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6418 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6419 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6420 6421 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6422 6423 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6424 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6425 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6426 6427 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6428 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6429 6430 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6431 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6432 6433 // Y = 64 6434 // PSR = 65 6435 // WIM = 66 6436 // TBR = 67 6437 // PC = 68 6438 // NPC = 69 6439 // FSR = 70 6440 // CSR = 71 6441 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6442 6443 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6444 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6445 6446 return false; 6447 } 6448 6449 6450 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6451 // XCore ABI Implementation 6452 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6453 6454 namespace { 6455 6456 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6457 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6458 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6459 6460 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6461 /// 6462 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6463 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6464 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6465 /// 6466 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6467 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6468 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6469 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6470 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6471 /// Recursive type encoding. 6472 /// 6473 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6474 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6475 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6476 /// the type is encountered. 6477 /// 6478 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6479 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6480 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6481 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6482 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6483 /// 6484 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6485 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6486 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6487 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6488 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6489 /// 6490 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6491 /// 6492 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6493 /// cached encoding is used; 6494 /// 6495 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6496 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6497 /// 6498 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6499 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6500 /// 6501 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6502 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6503 /// it is swapped back in; 6504 /// 6505 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6506 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6507 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6508 /// 6509 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6510 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6511 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6512 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6513 /// 6514 class TypeStringCache { 6515 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6516 struct Entry { 6517 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6518 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6519 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6520 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6521 }; 6522 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6523 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6524 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6525 public: 6526 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6527 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6528 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6529 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6530 bool IsRecursive); 6531 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6532 }; 6533 6534 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6535 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6536 class FieldEncoding { 6537 bool HasName; 6538 std::string Enc; 6539 public: 6540 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6541 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6542 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6543 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6544 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6545 } 6546 }; 6547 6548 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6549 public: 6550 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6551 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6552 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6553 }; 6554 6555 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6556 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6557 public: 6558 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6559 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6560 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6561 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6562 }; 6563 6564 } // End anonymous namespace. 6565 6566 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6567 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6568 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6569 6570 // Get the VAList. 6571 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6572 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6573 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6574 6575 // Handle the argument. 6576 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6577 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6578 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6579 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6580 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6581 llvm::Value *Val; 6582 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6583 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6584 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6585 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6586 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6587 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6588 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6589 ArgSize = 0; 6590 break; 6591 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6592 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6593 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6594 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6595 if (ArgSize < 4) 6596 ArgSize = 4; 6597 break; 6598 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6599 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6600 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6601 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6602 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6603 ArgSize = 4; 6604 break; 6605 } 6606 6607 // Increment the VAList. 6608 if (ArgSize) { 6609 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6610 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6611 } 6612 return Val; 6613 } 6614 6615 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6616 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6617 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6618 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6619 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6620 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6621 std::string StubEnc) { 6622 if (!ID) 6623 return; 6624 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6625 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6626 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6627 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6628 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6629 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6630 E.State = Incomplete; 6631 ++IncompleteCount; 6632 } 6633 6634 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6635 /// must be removed from the cache. 6636 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6637 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6638 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6639 if (!ID) 6640 return false; 6641 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6642 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6643 Entry &E = I->second; 6644 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6645 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6646 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6647 bool IsRecursive = false; 6648 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6649 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6650 IsRecursive = true; 6651 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6652 } 6653 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6654 Map.erase(I); 6655 else { 6656 // Swap the Recursive back. 6657 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6658 E.Swapped.clear(); 6659 E.State = Recursive; 6660 } 6661 --IncompleteCount; 6662 return IsRecursive; 6663 } 6664 6665 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6666 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6667 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6668 bool IsRecursive) { 6669 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6670 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6671 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6672 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6673 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6674 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6675 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6676 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6677 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6678 return; 6679 } 6680 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6681 E.Str = Str.str(); 6682 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6683 } 6684 6685 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6686 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6687 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6688 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6689 if (!ID) 6690 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6691 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6692 if (I == Map.end()) 6693 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6694 Entry &E = I->second; 6695 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6696 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6697 6698 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6699 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6700 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6701 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6702 } 6703 return E.Str.c_str(); 6704 } 6705 6706 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6707 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6708 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6709 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6710 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6711 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6712 /// 6713 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6714 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6715 /// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf 6716 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6717 /// 6718 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6719 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6720 6721 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6722 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6723 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6724 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6725 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6726 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6727 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals; 6728 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV)); 6729 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6730 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6731 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6732 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6733 } 6734 } 6735 6736 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6737 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6738 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6739 6740 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6741 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration 6742 /// order. 6743 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6744 const RecordDecl *RD, 6745 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6746 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6747 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6748 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6749 Enc += "m("; 6750 Enc += Field->getName(); 6751 Enc += "){"; 6752 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6753 Enc += "b("; 6754 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6755 OS.resync(); 6756 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6757 OS.flush(); 6758 Enc += ':'; 6759 } 6760 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6761 return false; 6762 if (Field->isBitField()) 6763 Enc += ')'; 6764 Enc += '}'; 6765 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc); 6766 } 6767 return true; 6768 } 6769 6770 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6771 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6772 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6773 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6774 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6775 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6776 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6777 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6778 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6779 Enc += TypeString; 6780 return true; 6781 } 6782 6783 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6784 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6785 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6786 Enc += '('; 6787 if (ID) 6788 Enc += ID->getName(); 6789 Enc += "){"; 6790 6791 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6792 bool IsRecursive = false; 6793 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6794 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6795 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6796 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6797 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6798 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6799 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6800 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6801 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6802 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6803 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6804 return false; 6805 } 6806 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6807 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6808 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6809 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6810 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6811 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6812 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6813 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6814 if (I) 6815 Enc += ','; 6816 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6817 } 6818 } 6819 Enc += '}'; 6820 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6821 return true; 6822 } 6823 6824 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6825 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6826 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6827 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6828 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6829 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6830 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6831 Enc += TypeString; 6832 return true; 6833 } 6834 6835 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6836 Enc += "e("; 6837 if (ID) 6838 Enc += ID->getName(); 6839 Enc += "){"; 6840 6841 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6842 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6843 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6844 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6845 ++I) { 6846 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6847 EnumEnc += "m("; 6848 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6849 EnumEnc += "){"; 6850 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6851 EnumEnc += '}'; 6852 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6853 } 6854 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6855 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6856 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6857 if (I) 6858 Enc += ','; 6859 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6860 } 6861 } 6862 Enc += '}'; 6863 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6864 return true; 6865 } 6866 6867 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6868 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6869 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6870 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6871 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6872 int Lookup = 0; 6873 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6874 Lookup += 1<<0; 6875 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6876 Lookup += 1<<1; 6877 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6878 Lookup += 1<<2; 6879 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6880 } 6881 6882 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6883 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6884 const char *EncType; 6885 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6886 case BuiltinType::Void: 6887 EncType = "0"; 6888 break; 6889 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6890 EncType = "b"; 6891 break; 6892 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6893 EncType = "uc"; 6894 break; 6895 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6896 EncType = "uc"; 6897 break; 6898 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6899 EncType = "sc"; 6900 break; 6901 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6902 EncType = "us"; 6903 break; 6904 case BuiltinType::Short: 6905 EncType = "ss"; 6906 break; 6907 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6908 EncType = "ui"; 6909 break; 6910 case BuiltinType::Int: 6911 EncType = "si"; 6912 break; 6913 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6914 EncType = "ul"; 6915 break; 6916 case BuiltinType::Long: 6917 EncType = "sl"; 6918 break; 6919 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6920 EncType = "ull"; 6921 break; 6922 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6923 EncType = "sll"; 6924 break; 6925 case BuiltinType::Float: 6926 EncType = "ft"; 6927 break; 6928 case BuiltinType::Double: 6929 EncType = "d"; 6930 break; 6931 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6932 EncType = "ld"; 6933 break; 6934 default: 6935 return false; 6936 } 6937 Enc += EncType; 6938 return true; 6939 } 6940 6941 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6942 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6943 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6944 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6945 Enc += "p("; 6946 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6947 return false; 6948 Enc += ')'; 6949 return true; 6950 } 6951 6952 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6953 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6954 const ArrayType *AT, 6955 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6956 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6957 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6958 return false; 6959 Enc += "a("; 6960 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6961 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6962 else 6963 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6964 Enc += ':'; 6965 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6966 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6967 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6968 return false; 6969 Enc += ')'; 6970 return true; 6971 } 6972 6973 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6974 /// and the arguments. 6975 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6976 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6977 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6978 Enc += "f{"; 6979 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6980 return false; 6981 Enc += "}("; 6982 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6983 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6984 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6985 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6986 if (I != E) { 6987 do { 6988 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6989 return false; 6990 ++I; 6991 if (I != E) 6992 Enc += ','; 6993 } while (I != E); 6994 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6995 Enc += ",va"; 6996 } else { 6997 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6998 Enc += "va"; 6999 else 7000 Enc += '0'; 7001 } 7002 } 7003 Enc += ')'; 7004 return true; 7005 } 7006 7007 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 7008 /// type encodings. 7009 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 7010 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7011 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7012 7013 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 7014 7015 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 7016 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7017 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7018 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 7019 7020 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 7021 7022 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 7023 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 7024 7025 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 7026 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 7027 7028 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 7029 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7030 7031 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 7032 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7033 7034 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 7035 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7036 7037 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 7038 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 7039 7040 return false; 7041 } 7042 7043 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 7044 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7045 if (!D) 7046 return false; 7047 7048 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7049 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7050 return false; 7051 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 7052 } 7053 7054 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7055 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7056 return false; 7057 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 7058 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 7059 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 7060 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7061 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7062 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 7063 } 7064 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 7065 } 7066 return false; 7067 } 7068 7069 7070 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7071 // Driver code 7072 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7073 7074 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 7075 return getTarget().getTriple(); 7076 } 7077 7078 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 7079 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 7080 } 7081 7082 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 7083 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 7084 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 7085 7086 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 7087 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 7088 default: 7089 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7090 7091 case llvm::Triple::le32: 7092 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7093 case llvm::Triple::mips: 7094 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 7095 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 7096 7097 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 7098 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 7099 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 7100 7101 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 7102 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 7103 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 7104 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 7105 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 7106 7107 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7108 } 7109 7110 case llvm::Triple::arm: 7111 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 7112 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 7113 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 7114 { 7115 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 7116 TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7117 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP); 7118 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 7119 } 7120 7121 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 7122 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 7123 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 7124 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 7125 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 7126 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 7127 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 7128 7129 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7130 } 7131 7132 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 7133 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7134 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 7135 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 7136 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7137 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 7138 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7139 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx"; 7140 7141 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7142 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX)); 7143 } else 7144 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7145 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 7146 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 7147 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7148 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx") 7149 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7150 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx"; 7151 7152 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7153 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX)); 7154 } 7155 7156 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 7157 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 7158 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7159 7160 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 7161 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7162 7163 case llvm::Triple::systemz: { 7164 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector"; 7165 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7166 HasVector)); 7167 } 7168 7169 case llvm::Triple::tce: 7170 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7171 7172 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 7173 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 7174 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 7175 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 7176 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing(); 7177 7178 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 7179 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo( 7180 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7181 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7182 } else { 7183 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo( 7184 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7185 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7186 } 7187 } 7188 7189 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 7190 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7191 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 7192 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7193 case llvm::Triple::PS4: 7194 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7195 default: 7196 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7197 } 7198 } 7199 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7200 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7201 case llvm::Triple::r600: 7202 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7203 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn: 7204 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7205 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7206 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7207 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7208 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7209 } 7210 } 7211